blob: 517b0b4499da94b515de347a70d808ad22f7a178 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200260 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000261
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
275See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530324- Marvell Family Member
325 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
326 multiple fs option at one time
327 for marvell soc family
328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000329- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 Define exactly one of
331 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000332
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000355
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000379 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
380
381 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
382 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
383 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
384 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
385 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
386 purpose.
387
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
389
390 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
391 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
393
394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
395 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
396
397 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
398 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
399
400 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
401 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
402 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
403 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
404
405 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
406 this erratum.
407
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530408 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
409 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
410 requred during NOR boot.
411
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
413
414 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
415 according to the A004510 workaround.
416
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
418 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
419 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
420
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
422 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
423 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
424
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
427 connected to the DSP core.
428
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530432 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
433 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
434 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
435 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
436
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
438 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
439 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
440
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800441 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
442 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
443 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
444
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
447 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
448 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
449 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
450 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
451
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000452 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
453
454 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
455 values is arch specific.
456
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
458 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
459 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
460 SoCs.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
463 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
466 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
467 deskew training are not available.
468
469 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
470 Freescale DDR1 controller.
471
472 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
473 Freescale DDR2 controller.
474
475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
476 Freescale DDR3 controller.
477
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
479 Freescale DDR4 controller.
480
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
482 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
483
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
485 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
486 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
487 implemetation.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
490 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
491 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
492 implementation.
493
494 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
495 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700496 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
497
498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
499 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
500 DDR3L controllers.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
503 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
504 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700505
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
507 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
508
509 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
510 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
511
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
513 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
514 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
515
516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
517 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
518 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
519 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
520
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530521 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
522 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
523 concatenated with u-boot binary.
524
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
526 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
529 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
530
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800531 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
532 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
533 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
534 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
535
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
537 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
538 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
539 SoCs with ARM core.
540
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100541- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200542 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100543
544 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
545 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
546 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200548 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200549
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100550 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
551 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200552 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100553 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200554
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200555- MIPS CPU options:
556 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
557
558 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
559 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
560 relocation.
561
562 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
563
564 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
565 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
566 Possible values are:
567 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
568 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
569 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
571 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
577
578 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
579 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
580
581 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
582
583 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
584 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
585 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
586
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000587- ARM options:
588 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
589
590 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
591 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
592
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000593 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
594
595 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
596 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
597 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
598 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
599 GCC.
600
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000601 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000602 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
603 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
604 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500605 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500606 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000607
608 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
609 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
610 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
611 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
612 set these options unless they apply!
613
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000614- CPU timer options:
615 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
616
617 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
618 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
619 option must be set to 1000.
620
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000621- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000622 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
623
624 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
625 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
626 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
627 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
628 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
629 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
630 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000631 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100632 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 default environment.
634
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000635 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
636
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200637 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000638 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
639 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
640
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400641 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200642
643 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400644 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
645 concepts).
646
647 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
648 * New libfdt-based support
649 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500650 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400651
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200652 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
653 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
654 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
655 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200656 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600657 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200658
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200659 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
660 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500661
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600662 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
663
664 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
665 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000666
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500667 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
668
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200669 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500670 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
671
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200672 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
673
674 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
675 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
676 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
677 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
678 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
679 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
680
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000681 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
682
683 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
684 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
685 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
686 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
687 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
688 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
689 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
690
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100691- vxWorks boot parameters:
692
693 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
694 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
695 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
696
697 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
698 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
699 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
700 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
701
702 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
703
704 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
705
706 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
707 the defaults discussed just above.
708
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000709- Cache Configuration:
710 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
711 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
712 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
713
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000714- Cache Configuration for ARM:
715 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
716 controller
717 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
718 controller register space
719
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000720- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200721 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000722
723 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
724
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200725 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000726
727 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
728
729 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
730
731 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
732 the clock speed of the UARTs.
733
734 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
735
736 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
737 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
738 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
739
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000740 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
741
742 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
743 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
744 this variable to initialize the extra register.
745
746 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
747
748 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
749 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
750 variable to flush the UART at init time.
751
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400752 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
753
754 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
755 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
759 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
760 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
761 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000762
763 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
764 port routines must be defined elsewhere
765 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
766
767 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
768 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000769 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
771 (default big endian)
772 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
773 rectangle fill
774 (cf. smiLynxEM)
775 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
776 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
777 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
778 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000779 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
780 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
782 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000783 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
785 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
786 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
787 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
788 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
789 (i.e. i8042_getc)
790 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
791 (requires blink timer
792 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200793 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000794 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
795 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500796 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
798 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000799 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
800 linux_logo.h for logo.
801 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200803 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000804 the logo
805
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000806 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
807 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
808 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
809
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000810 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
811 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
812 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000814 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
815 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
816 the "silent" environment variable. See
817 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000818
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200819 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
820 is 0x00.
821 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
822 is 0xa0.
823
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824- Console Baudrate:
825 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
826 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200827 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
828 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000829
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100830- Console Rx buffer length
831 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
832 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100833 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100834 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
835 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
836 the SMC.
837
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000838- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200839 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
840 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
841 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
842 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
843 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
844 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
845 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200846 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200847 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000848
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200849 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
850 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000851
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000852- Safe printf() functions
853 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
854 the printf() functions. These are defined in
855 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
856 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
857 If this option is not given then these functions will
858 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
859 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
860
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000861- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
862 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
863 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000864 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
865 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866
867 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
868 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
869 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
870 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
871 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
872 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
873 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
874 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
875 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
876 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
877 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
878 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
879
880- Autoboot Command:
881 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
882 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
883 define a command string that is automatically executed
884 when no character is read on the console interface
885 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
886
887 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000888 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
889 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
890 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000891
892 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000893 The value of these goes into the environment as
894 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
895 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200896 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100898- Bootcount:
899 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
900 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
901 cycle, see:
902 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
903
904 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
905 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
906 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
907 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
908 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
909 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
910 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
911 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
912 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
913
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000914- Pre-Boot Commands:
915 CONFIG_PREBOOT
916
917 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
918 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
919 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
920 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
921 entering interactive mode.
922
923 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
924 automatically generated or modified. For an example
925 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
926 modified when the user holds down a certain
927 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
928 booting the systems
929
930- Serial Download Echo Mode:
931 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
932 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
933 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
934 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
935 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
936 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
937 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
938
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500939- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
941 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200942 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943
944- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500945 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
946 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000947 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
948 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500949 and augmenting with additional #define's
950 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500952 The default command configuration includes all commands
953 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000954
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100955 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500956 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
958 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
959 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
960 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
961 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
962 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800963 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500965 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500966 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
967 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
968 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600969 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
970 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
971 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
972 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500973 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
974 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500975 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500976 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
977 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600978 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600979 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500980 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000982 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
983 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700984 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
985 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500986 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500987 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000988 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500989 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
990 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200991 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000992 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500993 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000994 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000995 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
997 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
998 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
999 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001000 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001001 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001002 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001003 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001004 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001005 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001006 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1007 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1008 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1009 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001010 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001011 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1012 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1014 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001015 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001016 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001017 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001018 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001019 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001020 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001021 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1022 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1023 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001024 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1026 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001027 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001028 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001029 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001030 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1031 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1032 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1033 host
1034 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001035 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001036 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1037 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001038 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001039 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1040 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1041 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1042 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1043 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1044 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001045 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001046 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001047 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001048 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001049 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001050 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001051 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001052 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001053 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1054 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001055 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001056 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001057 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001058 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001059 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001060
1061 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1062 support you can write:
1063
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001064 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1065 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001067 Other Commands:
1068 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001069
1070 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001071 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001072 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1073 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1074 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1075 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1076 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1077 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001078
1079
1080 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1081
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001082- Regular expression support:
1083 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001084 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1085 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1086 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1087 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001088
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001089- Device tree:
1090 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1091 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1092 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1093 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1094 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1095 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1096
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001097 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1098 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001099
1100 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1101 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1102 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1103 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1104 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1105 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001106
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001107 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1108 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1109 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1110 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1111
1112 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1113
1114 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1115 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1116 still use the individual files if you need something more
1117 exotic.
1118
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001119- Watchdog:
1120 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1121 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001122 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1123 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1124 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1125 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1126 available, then no further board specific code should
1127 be needed to use it.
1128
1129 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1130 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1131 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1132 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001133
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001134- U-Boot Version:
1135 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1136 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1137 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1138 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001139 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1140 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001142- Real-Time Clock:
1143
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001144 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001145 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1146 following options:
1147
1148 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1149 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001150 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001151 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001152 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001153 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001154 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001155 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001156 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001157 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001158 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001159 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001160 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1161 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001162
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001163 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1164 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1165
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001166- GPIO Support:
1167 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001168
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001169 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1170 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1171 pins supported by a particular chip.
1172
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001173 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1174 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1175
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001176- I/O tracing:
1177 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1178 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1179 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1180 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1181 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1182 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1183 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1184 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1185
1186 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1187 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1188 still continue to operate.
1189
1190 iotrace is enabled
1191 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1192 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1193 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1194 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1195 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1196 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1197
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001198- Timestamp Support:
1199
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001200 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1201 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1202 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001203 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001204
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001205- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1206 Zero or more of the following:
1207 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1208 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1209 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1210 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1211 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1212 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1213 disk/part_efi.c
1214 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001215
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001216 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1217 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001218 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001219
1220- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001221 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1222 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001223
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001224 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1225 be performed by calling the function
1226 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1227 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001228
1229- ATAPI Support:
1230 CONFIG_ATAPI
1231
1232 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1233
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001234- LBA48 Support
1235 CONFIG_LBA48
1236
1237 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001238 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001239 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1240 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001242 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001243 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1244 Default is 32bit.
1245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001246- SCSI Support:
1247 At the moment only there is only support for the
1248 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1249 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001251 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1252 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1253 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001254 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1255 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001256 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001257
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001258 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1259 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001261- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001262 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001263 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1264
1265 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1266 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1267 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1268 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1269
1270 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1271 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1272 example with the "sspi" command.
1273
1274 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1275 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1276 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001277
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001278 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001279 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001280
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001281 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1282 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001283 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001284 write routine for first time initialisation.
1285
1286 CONFIG_TULIP
1287 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1288 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1289 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1290
1291 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1292 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1293
1294 CONFIG_NS8382X
1295 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1296
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001297- NETWORK Support (other):
1298
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001299 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1300 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1301
1302 CONFIG_RMII
1303 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1304
1305 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1306 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1307 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1308
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001309 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1310 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1311
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001312 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001313 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1314
1315 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1316 Define this to hold the physical address
1317 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1318
1319 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1320 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1321
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001322 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001323 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1324
1325 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1326 Define this to hold the physical address
1327 of the device (I/O space)
1328
1329 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1330 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1331
1332 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1333 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1334 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1335
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001336 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1337 Support for davinci emac
1338
1339 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1340 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1341
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001342 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1343 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1344
1345 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1346 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1347 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1348 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1349 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1350 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1351 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1352 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1353
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001354 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001355 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1356
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001357 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001358 Define this to hold the physical address
1359 of the device (I/O space)
1360
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001361 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001362 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1363
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001364 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001365 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1366 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001367 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001368
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001369 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1370 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1371
1372 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1373 Define the number of ports to be used
1374
1375 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1376 Define the ETH PHY's address
1377
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001378 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1379 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1380
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001381- PWM Support:
1382 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1383 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1384
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001385- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001386 CONFIG_TPM
1387 Support TPM devices.
1388
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001389 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1390 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1391 per system is supported at this time.
1392
1393 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1394 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1395
1396 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1397 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1398
1399 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1400 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1401
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001402 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1403 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1404
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001405 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001406 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1407 per system is supported at this time.
1408
1409 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1410 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1411 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1412 0xfed40000.
1413
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001414 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1415 Add tpm monitor functions.
1416 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1417 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1418
1419 CONFIG_TPM
1420 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1421 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1422 Requires support for a TPM device.
1423
1424 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1425 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1426 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1427
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001428- USB Support:
1429 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001430 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001431 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1432 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001433 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001434 storage devices.
1435 Note:
1436 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1437 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001438 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1439 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1440 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001441 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1442 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001443 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1444 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1445 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001446 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1447 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001448 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001449 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1450 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001451
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001452 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1453 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1454
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001455- USB Device:
1456 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1457 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1458 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001459 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001460 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1461 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001462 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001463 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1464 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1465 a Linux host by
1466 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1467 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1468 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1469 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001470
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001471 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1472 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001473
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001474 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1475 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1476 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001477
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301478 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1479 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1480 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1481 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1482 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1483 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1484 speed.
1485
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001486 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001487 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1488 be set to usbtty.
1489
1490 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001491 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001492 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001493 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001494
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001495 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001496 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001497 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001498
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001499 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001500 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001501 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001502 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1503 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1504 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1505
1506 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1507 Define this string as the name of your company for
1508 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001509
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001510 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1511 Define this string as the name of your product
1512 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1513
1514 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1515 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1516 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1517 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1518 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001519
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001520 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1521 Define this as the unique Product ID
1522 for your device
1523 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001524
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001525- ULPI Layer Support:
1526 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1527 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1528 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1529 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1530 viewport is supported.
1531 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1532 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001533 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1534 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1535 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001536
1537- MMC Support:
1538 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1539 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1540 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1541 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001542 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1543 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001544
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001545 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1546 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1547
1548 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1549 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1550
1551 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1552 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1553
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001554 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1555 Enable the generic MMC driver
1556
1557 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1558 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1559
1560 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1561 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1562 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1563
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001564- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1565 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1566 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1567
1568 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1569 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1570 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1571 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1572 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1573
1574 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1575 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1576
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001577 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1578 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1579
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301580 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1581 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1582 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1583 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1584 one that would help mostly the developer.
1585
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001586 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1587 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1588 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1589 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1590 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1591
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001592 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1593 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1594 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1595 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1596 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1597 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1598
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001599 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1600 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1601 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1602 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1603
1604 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1605 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1606 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1607 sending again an USB request to the device.
1608
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001609- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1610 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1611 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1612 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1613 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1614 used on Android devices.
1615 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1616
1617 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1618 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1619 image format header.
1620
1621 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1622 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1623 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1624 downloaded images.
1625
1626 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1627 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1628 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1629 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1630
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001631- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1632 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1633 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1634 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001636 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1637 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001638 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1639
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001640 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001641 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1642 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1643
1644 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001645 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001646 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1647 have not defined a custom partition
1648
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001649- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1650 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001651
1652 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1653 file in FAT formatted partition.
1654
1655 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1656 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001657
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001658CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1659 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1660
1661 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1662 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1663 and cbfsload.
1664
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301665- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1666 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1667
1668 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1669 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1670
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001671- Keyboard Support:
1672 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1673
1674 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1675 support
1676
1677 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1678 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1679 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1680 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1681 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1682
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001683 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1684 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1685 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1686 which provides key scans on request.
1687
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001688- Video support:
1689 CONFIG_VIDEO
1690
1691 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1692 video).
1693
1694 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1695
1696 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1697
1698 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001699 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001700 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1701 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1702 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001703
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001704 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001705 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001706 are possible:
1707 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001708 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001709
1710 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1711 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1712 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1713 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1714 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1715 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1716 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001717 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1718
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001719 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001720 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001721
1722
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001723 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001724 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001725 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1726 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1727
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001728 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001729 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001730 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1731 support, and should also define these other macros:
1732
1733 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1734 CONFIG_VIDEO
1735 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1736 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1737 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1738 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1739 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1740 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1741
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001742 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1743 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1744 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1745 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001746
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001747 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1748
1749 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1750 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1751 driver.
1752
1753
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001754- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001755 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001756
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001757 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1758 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1759 defined in your board-specific files.
1760 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001761
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001762- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1763
1764 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1765 display); also select one of the supported displays
1766 by defining one of these:
1767
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001768 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1769
1770 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1771
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001772 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001773
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001774 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001775
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001776 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001777
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001778 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1779 Active, color, single scan.
1780
1781 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1782
1783 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001784 Active, color, single scan.
1785
1786 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1787
1788 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1789 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1790
1791 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1792
1793 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1794 Active, color, single scan.
1795
1796 CONFIG_HLD1045
1797
1798 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1799 Active, color, single scan.
1800
1801 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1802
1803 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1804 or
1805 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1806 or
1807 Hitachi SP14Q002
1808
1809 320x240. Black & white.
1810
1811 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001812 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001813
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001814 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1815
1816 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1817 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1818 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1819 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1820 a per-section basis.
1821
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001822 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1823
1824 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1825 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1826 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1827 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001828
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001829 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1830
1831 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1832
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001833 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1834
1835 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1836 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1837
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001838- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001839
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001840 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1841 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1842 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001843 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001844 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1845 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1846 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1847 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001848
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001849 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1850
1851 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1852 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001853 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001854 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1855 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1856 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1857 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1858 there is no need to set this option.
1859
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001860 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1861
1862 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1863 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1864 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1865 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1866 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1867 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1868
1869 Example:
1870 setenv splashpos m,m
1871 => image at center of screen
1872
1873 setenv splashpos 30,20
1874 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1875
1876 setenv splashpos -10,m
1877 => vertically centered image
1878 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1879
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001880- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1881
1882 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1883 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1884 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1885
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001886- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1887
1888 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1889 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1890 bmp command.
1891
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001892- Do compresssing for memory range:
1893 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1894
1895 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1896 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1897
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001898- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001899 CONFIG_GZIP
1900
1901 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1902
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001903 CONFIG_BZIP2
1904
1905 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1906 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1907 compressed images are supported.
1908
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001909 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001910 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001911 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001912
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001913 CONFIG_LZMA
1914
1915 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1916 images is included.
1917
1918 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1919 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1920 formula:
1921
1922 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1923
1924 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1925 and Literal pos bits.
1926
1927 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1928 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1929 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1930 a very small buffer.
1931
1932 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1933 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001934 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001935
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001936 CONFIG_LZO
1937
1938 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1939 is included.
1940
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001941- MII/PHY support:
1942 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1943
1944 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1945
1946 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1947
1948 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1949
1950 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1951
1952 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001953 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001954
1955 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1956
1957 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1958 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1959 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1960 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1961
1962 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1963
1964 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1965 command issued before MII status register can be read
1966
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001967- Ethernet address:
1968 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001969 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001970 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1971 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001972 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1973 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001974
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001975 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1976 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001977 is not determined automatically.
1978
1979- IP address:
1980 CONFIG_IPADDR
1981
1982 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001983 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001984 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001985 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001986
1987- Server IP address:
1988 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1989
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001990 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001991 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001992 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001993
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001994 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1995
1996 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1997 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1998
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001999- Gateway IP address:
2000 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2001
2002 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2003 default router where packets to other networks are
2004 sent to.
2005 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2006
2007- Subnet mask:
2008 CONFIG_NETMASK
2009
2010 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2011 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2012 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2013 forwarded through a router.
2014 (Environment variable "netmask")
2015
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002016- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2017 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2018
2019 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2020 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002021 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002022 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2023 multicast group.
2024
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002025- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2026 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2027
2028 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2029 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2030 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2031 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2032 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2033 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2034 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2035 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002036 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002037
2038 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2039 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2040 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2041 4th and following
2042 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2043
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002044 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2045
2046 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2047 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2048 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2049 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2050 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2051 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2052 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2053 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2054 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2055 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2056 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2057 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2058 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2059 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2060 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2061
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002062- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002063 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2064 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002065
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002066 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2067 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2068 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2069 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2070 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2071 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2072 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2073 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2074 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2075 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2076 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2077 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002078 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002079
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002080 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2081 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002082
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002083 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2084 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2085 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2086 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2087 is not available.
2088
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002089 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2090 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2091 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2092 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2093 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2094 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2095 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002096 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002097
2098 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2099 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2100 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002101 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002102 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2103 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002104
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002105 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2106
2107 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2108 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2109 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2110 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2111 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2112 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2113 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2114 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2115 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2116 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2117 this delay.
2118
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002119 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2120 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2121 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2122 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2123 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2124
2125 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2126
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002127 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002128 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002129
2130 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2131
2132 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2133
2134 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2135 of the device.
2136
2137 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2138
2139 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2140 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002141 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002142
2143 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2144
2145 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2146 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2147
2148 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2149
2150 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2151
2152 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2153
2154 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2155
2156 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2157
2158 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2159
2160 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2161
2162 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2163 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2164
2165 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2166
2167 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2168
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002169- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2170
2171 Several configurations allow to display the current
2172 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2173 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2174 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2175 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2176 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2177 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2178 feature in U-Boot.
2179
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002180 Additional options:
2181
2182 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2183 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2184 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2185 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2186 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2187
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002188 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2189 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2190 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2191 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2192 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2193 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2194
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002195- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2196
2197 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2198 on those systems that support this (optional)
2199 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2200
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002201- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002203 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2204 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2205 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2206 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2207 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2208 interface.
2209
2210 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002211 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2212 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2213 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2214 for defining speed and slave address
2215 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2216 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2217 for defining speed and slave address
2218 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2219 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2220 for defining speed and slave address
2221 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2222 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2223 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002224
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002225 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2226 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2227 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2228 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2229 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2230 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002231 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002232 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2233 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2234 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2235 second bus.
2236
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002237 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002238 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2239 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2240 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002241
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002242 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2243 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2244 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2245 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2246
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002247 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2248 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2249 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2250 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2251 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2252 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2253 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2254 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2255 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2256 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2257
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002258 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2259 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2260 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2261
2262 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2263 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2264 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2265 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2266 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2267 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2268 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2269 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2270 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2271
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002272 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2273 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2274 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2275
2276 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2277 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2278 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2279 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2280 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2281 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2282 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2283 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2284 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2285 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2286 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2287 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2288 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2289
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002290 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2291 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2292 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2293 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2294 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2295 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2296 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2297 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2298 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2299 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2300 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2301 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2302
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002303 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2304 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2305 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2306 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2307
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302308 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2309 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2310 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2311 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2312 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2313
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002314 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2315 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2316 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2317 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2318 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2319 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2320 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2321 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2322 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2323 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2324 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2325 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2326 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2327 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2328
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002329 additional defines:
2330
2331 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2332 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2333 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2334 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2335 omit this define.
2336
2337 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2338 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2339 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2340 omit this define.
2341
2342 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2343 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2344 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2345 define.
2346
2347 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2348 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2349 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2350 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2351 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2352
2353 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2354 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2355 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2356 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2357 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2358 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2359 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2360 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2361 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2362 }
2363
2364 which defines
2365 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002366 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2367 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2368 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2369 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2370 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002371 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002372 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2373 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002374
2375 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2376
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002377- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002378
2379 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2380 provides the following compelling advantages:
2381
2382 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2383 - approved multibus support
2384 - better i2c mux support
2385
2386 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2387
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002388 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2389 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2390 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002391
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002392 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002393 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002394 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2395 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002396 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002397
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002398 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002399
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002400 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002401 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002403 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002404 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002405 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002406 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002407
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002408 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002409 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002410 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2411 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2412 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002413
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002414 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2415
2416 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2417 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2418 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2419 commands until the slave device responds.
2420
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002421 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002422
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002423 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002424 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2425 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002426
2427 I2C_INIT
2428
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002429 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002430 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002431
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002432 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002433
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002434 I2C_PORT
2435
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002436 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2437 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2438 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002439
2440 I2C_ACTIVE
2441
2442 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2443 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2444 define can be null.
2445
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002446 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2447
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002448 I2C_TRISTATE
2449
2450 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2451 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2452 define can be null.
2453
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002454 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2455
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002456 I2C_READ
2457
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002458 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2459 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002460
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002461 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2462
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002463 I2C_SDA(bit)
2464
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002465 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2466 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002468 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002469 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002470 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002471
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002472 I2C_SCL(bit)
2473
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002474 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2475 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002476
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002477 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002478 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002479 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002480
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002481 I2C_DELAY
2482
2483 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2484 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002485 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002486 like:
2487
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002488 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002490 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2491
2492 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2493 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2494 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2495 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2496
2497 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2498 the generic GPIO functions.
2499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002500 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002501
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002502 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2503 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2504 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2505 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2506 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2507 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2508 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2509 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002510
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002511 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2512
2513 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2514 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2515 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2516 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2517 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2518 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2519 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2520 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2521
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002522 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2523
2524 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2525 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2526 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2527
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002528 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2529
2530 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002531 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2532 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002533 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002535 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002536
2537 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002538 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002539 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2540 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002541
2542 e.g.
2543 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002544 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002545
2546 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2547
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002548 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002549 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002550
2551 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002553 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002554
2555 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2556 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002558 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002559
2560 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2561 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002563 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002564
2565 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2566 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2567
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002568 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002569
2570 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2571 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2572 specified DTT device.
2573
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002574 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2575
2576 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2577 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2578 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2579 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2580 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2581 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2582 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002583
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002584- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2585
2586 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2587 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2588 D/As on the SACSng board)
2589
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002590 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2591
2592 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2593 only SH7757 is supported.
2594
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002595 CONFIG_SPI_X
2596
2597 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2598 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2599
2600 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2601
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002602 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2603 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2604 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2605 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2606 defined, the board configuration must define several
2607 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2608 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002609
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002610 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2611
2612 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2613 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2614 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002615 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002616 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2617
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002618 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2619
2620 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002621 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002622
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002623 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2624 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2625 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2626
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002627- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2628
2629 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2630
2631 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2632
2633 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2634 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2635
2636 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2637
2638 Enables support for FPGA family.
2639 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2640
2641 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002642
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002643 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002644
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302645 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2646
2647 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2648
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002649 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2650
2651 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2652
2653 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2654
2655 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2656 (Xilinx only)
2657
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002658 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002659
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002660 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002662 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002663
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002664 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2665 status by the configuration function. This option
2666 will require a board or device specific function to
2667 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002668
2669 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2670
2671 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2672 configuration driver.
2673
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002674 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002675 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002677 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002679 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2680 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2681 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2682 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002683
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002684 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002685
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002686 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2687 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2688 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002689 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002691 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002693 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002694 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002695
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002696 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002697
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002698 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002699 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002700
2701- Configuration Management:
2702 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2703
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002704 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2705 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002706
2707- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2708
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002709 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2710 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002711 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002712 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2713 protects these variables from casual modification by
2714 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2715 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002716 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002717
2718 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2719 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002720 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002721 these parameters.
2722
2723 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2724 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002725 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002726 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2727 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2728 read-only.]
2729
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002730 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2731 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2732 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2733 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2734
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002735- Protected RAM:
2736 CONFIG_PRAM
2737
2738 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2739 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2740 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2741 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2742 this default value by defining an environment
2743 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2744 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2745 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2746 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2747 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2748 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2749 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2750
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002751 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002752 saveenv
2753
2754 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2755 either, which results in a memory region that will
2756 not be affected by reboots.
2757
2758 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2759 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2760 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2761 following board configurations are known to be
2762 "pRAM-clean":
2763
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002764 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2765 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002766 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002768- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2769 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2770 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2771 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2772 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2773 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2774 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2775
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002776- Error Recovery:
2777 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2778
2779 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2780 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2781 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002782 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002783 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2784 useful during development since you can try to debug
2785 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2786
2787 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2788
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002789 This variable defines the number of retries for
2790 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2791 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2792 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002794 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2795
2796 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2797
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002798 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2799
2800 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2801 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2802 try longer timeout such as
2803 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2804
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002805- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002806 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002807
2808 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2809
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002810 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2811 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002812
2813
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002814 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002815
2816 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2817 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2818 powerful command line syntax like
2819 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2820 constructs ("shell scripts").
2821
2822 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2823 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2824
2825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002826 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002827
2828 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2829 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2830 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2831
2832 Note:
2833
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002834 In the current implementation, the local variables
2835 space and global environment variables space are
2836 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2837 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2838 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2839 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2840 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002842 Global environment variables are those you use
2843 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2844 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2845 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002846
2847 To store commands and special characters in a
2848 variable, please use double quotation marks
2849 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2850 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2851 symbols.
2852
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002853- Commandline Editing and History:
2854 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2855
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002856 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002857 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002858
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002859- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002860 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2861
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002862 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2863 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002864 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002865
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002866 For example, place something like this in your
2867 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002868
2869 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2870 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2871 "myvar2=value2\0"
2872
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002873 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2874 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2875 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2876 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002877 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002878 You better know what you are doing here.
2879
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002880 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2881 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002882 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002883 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002884
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002885 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2886
2887 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2888 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2889 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2890
2891 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2892
2893 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2894 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2895 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2896 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2897 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2898
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002899 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2900
2901 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2902 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2903 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2904
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002905 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2906
2907 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2908 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2909 that so that the environment is not available until
2910 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2911 this is instead controlled by the value of
2912 /config/load-environment.
2913
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002914- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002915 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2916
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002917 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2918 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2919 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002920
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002921- Serial Flash support
2922 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2923
2924 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2925 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2926
2927 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2928 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2929 commands.
2930
2931 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2932 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2933 flash is present on the system.
2934
2935 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2936 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2937 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2938 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2939
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002940 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2941
2942 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2943 test ('sf test').
2944
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302945 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2946
2947 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2948 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2949
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302950 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2951
2952 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2953 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2954 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2955
Heiko Schocher562f8df2014-07-18 06:07:21 +02002956 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN
2957 enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status
2958 register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128.
2959 The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with
2960 the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the
2961 device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1,
2962 and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register
2963 nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER
2964 operation will not execute. The only way to exit this
2965 hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH.
2966
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002967- SystemACE Support:
2968 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2969
2970 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2971 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002972 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002973 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002974
2975 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002976 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002977
2978 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2979 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2980
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002981- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2982 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2983
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002984 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002985 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002986 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002987 number generator is used.
2988
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002989 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2990 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2991 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2992
2993 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002994 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2995 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2996 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2997 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2998 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2999 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3000
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003001- Hashing support:
3002 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3003
3004 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3005 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3006
3007 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3008
3009 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3010 size a little.
3011
3012 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
3013 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
3014
3015 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3016 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3017
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003018- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3019 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3020 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3021 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3022
3023 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3024 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3025 a boot from specific media.
3026
3027 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3028 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3029 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3030 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3031 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3032
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003033- Signing support:
3034 CONFIG_RSA
3035
3036 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003037 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003038
3039 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
3040 option.
3041
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003042- bootcount support:
3043 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3044
3045 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3046 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3047
3048 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3049 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3050 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3051 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3052 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3053 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3054 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3055 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3056 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3057 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3058 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3059 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3060 the bootcounter.
3061 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003062
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003063- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003064 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3065
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003066 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3067 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3068 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3069 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3070 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3071 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003072
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003073- Detailed boot stage timing
3074 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3075 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3076 of the boot process.
3077
3078 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3079 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3080 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3081 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3082 the limit, recording will stop.
3083
3084 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3085 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3086
3087 Timer summary in microseconds:
3088 Mark Elapsed Stage
3089 0 0 reset
3090 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3091 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3092 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3093 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3094 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3095 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3096 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3097
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003098 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3099 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3100 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3101
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003102 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3103 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3104 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3105 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3106 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3107 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3108 For example:
3109
3110 bootstage {
3111 154 {
3112 name = "board_init_f";
3113 mark = <3575678>;
3114 };
3115 170 {
3116 name = "lcd";
3117 accum = <33482>;
3118 };
3119 };
3120
3121 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3122
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003123Legacy uImage format:
3124
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003125 Arg Where When
3126 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003127 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003128 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003129 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003130 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003131 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003132 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3133 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3134 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003135 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003136 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3137 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3138 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3139 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003140 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003141 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003142
3143 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3144 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3145 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3146 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3147 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3148 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3149 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003150 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003151 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3152 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3153
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003154 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003155
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003156 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003157 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3158 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003159
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003160 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3161 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3162 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3163 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3164 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3165 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3166 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3167 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3168 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3169 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3170 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3171 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3172 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3173 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3174 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3175 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3176 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3177 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3178 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3179 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3180 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3181 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3182 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3183 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3184 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3185 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3186 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3187 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3188 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3189 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3190 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3191 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3192 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3193 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3194 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3195 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3196 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3197 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3198 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3199 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3200 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3201 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3202 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3203 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3204 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3205 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3206 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003207
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003208 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003209
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003210 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003211 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3212 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003213
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003214 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3215 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003216 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003217 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3218 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3219 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003220 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3221 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003222 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003223
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003224FIT uImage format:
3225
3226 Arg Where When
3227 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3228 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3229 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3230 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3231 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3232 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003233 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003234 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3235 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3236 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3237 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3238 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003239 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3240 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003241 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3242 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3243 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3244 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3245 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3246 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3247 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3248 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3249
3250 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3251 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3252 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003253 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003254 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3255 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3256 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3257 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3258 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3259 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3260 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3261 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3262 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3263 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3264 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3265 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3266
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003267 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003268 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3269
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003270 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003271 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3272
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003273 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003274 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3275
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003276- legacy image format:
3277 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3278 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3279
3280 Default:
3281 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3282
3283 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3284 disable the legacy image format
3285
3286 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3287 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3288
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003289- FIT image support:
3290 CONFIG_FIT
3291 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3292
3293 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3294 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3295 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3296 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3297 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3298 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3299
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003300 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3301 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3302 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3303 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3304
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003305 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3306 signature check the legacy image format is default
3307 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3308 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3309
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003310 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3311 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3312 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3313 with this option.
3314
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003315- Standalone program support:
3316 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3317
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003318 This option defines a board specific value for the
3319 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3320 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003321 settings.
3322
3323- Frame Buffer Address:
3324 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3325
3326 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003327 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3328 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3329 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3330 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3331 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3332 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3333 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003334
3335 Please see board_init_f function.
3336
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003337- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3338 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3339 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3340 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3341
3342 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3343 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3344
3345- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3346 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3347
3348 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3349 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3350
3351 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3352
3353 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3354 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3355
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003356 CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
3357 verify if the written data is correct reread.
3358
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003359- UBI support
3360 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3361
3362 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3363 with the UBI flash translation layer
3364
3365 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3366
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003367 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3368
3369 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3370 warnings and errors enabled.
3371
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003372
3373 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3374 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3375 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3376 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3377 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3378 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3379
3380 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3381 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3382 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3383 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3384 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3385
3386 default: 4096
3387
3388 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3389 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3390 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3391 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3392 flash), this value is ignored.
3393
3394 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3395 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3396 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3397 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3398 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3399 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3400
3401 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3402 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3403 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3404 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3405 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3406 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3407 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3408 partition.
3409
3410 default: 20
3411
3412 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3413 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3414 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3415 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3416 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3417 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3418 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3419 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3420 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3421 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3422 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3423 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3424
3425 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3426 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3427 without a fastmap.
3428 default: 0
3429
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003430- UBIFS support
3431 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3432
3433 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3434 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3435
3436 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3437
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003438 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3439
3440 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3441 warnings and errors enabled.
3442
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003443- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003444 CONFIG_SPL
3445 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003446
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003447 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3448 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3449
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003450 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3451 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3452 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3453 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003454 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003455 must not be both defined at the same time.
3456
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003457 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003458 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3459 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3460 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3461 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003462
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003463 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3464 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003465
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003466 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3467 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3468 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3469
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003470 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3471 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3472
3473 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003474 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3475 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3476 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003477 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003478 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003479
3480 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3481 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3482
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003483 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3484 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3485 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3486 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3487
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003488 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3489 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3490
3491 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3492 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003493
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003494 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3495 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3496 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3497 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3498
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003499 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3500 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3501 See also: doc/README.falcon
3502
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003503 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3504 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3505 about the running system.
3506
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003507 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3508 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3509
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003510 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3511 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003512
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003513 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3514 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003515
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003516 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3517 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003518
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003519 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3520 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003521
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003522 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3523 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003524
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003525 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3526 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3527 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3528 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3529 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3530
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003531 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3532 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3533 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3534
3535 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3536 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3537 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3538 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3539 (for falcon mode)
3540
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003541 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3542 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3543
3544 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3545 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3546
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003547 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3548 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3549 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3550
3551 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3552 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3553 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3554
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003555 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3556 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3557 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3558 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3559 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3560
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303561 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3562 Avoid SPL relocation
3563
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003564 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3565 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3566 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3567
3568 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3569 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3570
3571 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3572 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3573
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003574 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003575 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3576 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003577
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003578 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3579 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3580 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3581
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003582 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3583 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003584 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003585
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003586 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3587 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3588 SPL binary.
3589
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003590 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3591 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3592 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3593 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3594 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3595 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003596 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003597
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303598 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3599 Add support NAND boot
3600
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003601 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003602 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3603
3604 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3605 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3606
3607 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3608 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003609
3610 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003611 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003612
3613 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3614 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3615 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3616
3617 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3618 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3619 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3620
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003621 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3622 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003623
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003624 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3625 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003626
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003627 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3628 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003629
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003630 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3631 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3632
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003633 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3634 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003635
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003636 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3637 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3638
3639 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3640 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3641 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3642 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3643
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003644 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003645 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3646 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3647 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3648 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3649 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003650
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003651 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3652 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3653 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3654 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3655
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003656 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3657 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3658 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3659 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3660 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3661
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003662- TPL framework
3663 CONFIG_TPL
3664 Enable building of TPL globally.
3665
3666 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3667 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3668 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003669 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3670 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3671 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003672
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673Modem Support:
3674--------------
3675
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003676[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003677
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003678- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3680
3681- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3682 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3683
3684- Modem debug support:
3685 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3686
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003687 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3688 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003689
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003690- Interrupt support (PPC):
3691
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003692 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3693 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003694 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003695 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003696 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003697 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003698 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003699 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3700 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3701 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003702
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703- General:
3704
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003705 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3706 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3707 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003708 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003709 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3710 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3711 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003712
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003713 If there are no modem init strings in the
3714 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3715 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003716 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003717
3718 See also: doc/README.Modem
3719
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003720Board initialization settings:
3721------------------------------
3722
3723During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3724to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3725before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3726following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3727architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3728typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3729
3730- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3731- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3732- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3733- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003734
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003735Configuration Settings:
3736-----------------------
3737
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003738- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3739 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003741- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003742 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3743
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003744- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3745 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3746
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003747- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003748 prompt for user input.
3749
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003750- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003751
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003752- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003753
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003754- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003756- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3758 booted
3759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003760- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003761 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3762
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003763- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003764 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003766- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003767 If the board specific function
3768 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3769 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003772- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003773 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003775- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003776 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003778- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3780 simple memory test.
3781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003782- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003783 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003785- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003786 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3787 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003789- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3790 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003791 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003792 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003793 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3794 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3795 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003796 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003797 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003798 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003799
3800 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3801 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3802 be touched.
3803
3804 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3805 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3806 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3807 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3808 problems.
3809
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003810- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003811 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003813- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3815
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003816- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003817 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3818 Cogent motherboard)
3819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003820- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003821 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003823- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003824 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3825 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003826 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003827 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003829- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003830 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3831 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3832 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3833 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003835- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3837
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003838- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3839 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3840 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3841 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3842 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3843 space.
3844
3845 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3846 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3847 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
3848 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotton) when
3849 U-Boot relocates itself.
3850
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003851 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on sandbox
3852 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3853
Simon Glass76a1e582014-07-10 22:23:29 -06003854 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM at present
3855 but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003857- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003858 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3859 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003860 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003861 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003863- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003864 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3865 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003866 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3867 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003868 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003869 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003870 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003871 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3872 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3873 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003875- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3876 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3877 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3878 is enabled.
3879
3880- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3881 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3882 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3883
3884- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3885 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3886 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003888- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889 Max number of Flash memory banks
3890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003891- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003892 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003894- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003895 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003897- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3899
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003900- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003901 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003903- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003904 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003906- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003907 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3908 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003910- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911
3912 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3913 without this option such a download has to be
3914 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3915 copy from RAM to flash.
3916
3917 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3918 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003919 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3920 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003923- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003924 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003925 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003927- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003928 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3929 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003930
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003931- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3932 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3933 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3934 to the MTD layer.
3935
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003936- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003937 Use buffered writes to flash.
3938
3939- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3940 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3941 write commands.
3942
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003943- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003944 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3945 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3946 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3947 optionally available.
3948
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003949- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3950 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3951 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3952 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3953
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003954- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3955 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3956 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3957 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3958 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3959 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3960 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3961 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003963- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003964 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3965 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003966 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3967 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003968 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003969 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3970
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003971- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3972
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003973 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3974 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3975 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3976 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3977 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003978
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003979- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3980- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003981 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003982 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3983 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3984 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3985
3986 The format of the list is:
3987 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003988 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3989 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003990 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3991 list = entry[,list]
3992
3993 The type attributes are:
3994 s - String (default)
3995 d - Decimal
3996 x - Hexadecimal
3997 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3998 i - IP address
3999 m - MAC address
4000
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004001 The access attributes are:
4002 a - Any (default)
4003 r - Read-only
4004 o - Write-once
4005 c - Change-default
4006
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004007 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4008 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
4009 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4010
4011 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4012 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4013 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4014 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4015 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4016 ".flags" variable.
4017
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004018- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4019 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4020 access flags.
4021
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004022- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4023 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4024 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4025 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4026 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4027 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
4028 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
4029 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
4030 your board please report the problem and send patches!
4031
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004032- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4033 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4034 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
4035 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004036
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4038of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4039following configurations:
4040
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004041- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4042
4043 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4044 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4045
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004046- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047
4048 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4049
4050 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4051 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4052 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4053 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4054 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4055 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4056 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4057 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4058 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4059 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4060 between U-Boot and the environment.
4061
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004062 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004063
4064 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4065 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4066 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4067 for this sector is given here.
4068
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004069 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004071 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004072
4073 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4074 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004075 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004076
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004077 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004078
4079 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4080
4081
4082 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4083 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4084 the environment.
4085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004086 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004087
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004088 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004089 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004090 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4091 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4092
4093 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4094 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4095 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4096 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4097 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4098 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4099 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4100 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4101 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4102
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004103 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4104 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004105
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004106 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004107 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004108 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004109 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004110
4111BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4112source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4113accordingly!
4114
4115
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004116- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004117
4118 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4119 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4120 environment.
4121
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004122 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4123 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004124
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004125 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004126 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4127 can just be read and written to, without any special
4128 provision.
4129
4130BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
4131in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004132console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004133U-Boot will hang.
4134
4135Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4136environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4137keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4138to save the current settings.
4139
4140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004141- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004142
4143 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4144 device and a driver for it.
4145
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004146 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4147 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004148
4149 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4150 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004152 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004153 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4154 The default address is zero.
4155
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004156 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4158 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4159 would require six bits.
4160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004161 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004163 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004165 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4167 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004169 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004170 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4171 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4172 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4173 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4174 byte chips.
4175
4176 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4177 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4178 in the chip address.
4179
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004180 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004181 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4182
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004183 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4184 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4185 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4186
4187 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4188 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4189 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4190 EEPROM. For example:
4191
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004192 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004193
4194 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4195 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004197- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004198
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004199 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004200 want to use for the environment.
4201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004202 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4203 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4204 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004205
4206 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4207 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4208 at the specified address.
4209
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004210- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4211
4212 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4213 want to use for the environment.
4214
4215 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4216 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4217
4218 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4219 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4220 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4221
4222 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4223
4224 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4225
4226 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4227
4228 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4229 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4230 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4231 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4232 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4233
4234 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4235 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4236
4237 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4238
4239 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4240
4241 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4242
4243 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4244
4245 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4246
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004247- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4248
4249 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4250 want to use for the local device's environment.
4251
4252 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4253 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4254
4255 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4256 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4257 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004258 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004259
4260BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4261"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004262environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4263but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004265- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004266
4267 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4268 for the environment.
4269
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004270 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4271 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004272
4273 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004274 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4275 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004276
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004277 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004279 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004280 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4281 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004282 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004283 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004284
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004285 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4286
4287 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4288 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4289 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4290 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4291 the range to be avoided.
4292
4293 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4294
4295 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4296 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4297 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4298 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4299 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004300
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004301- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4302
4303 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4304 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4305 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4306
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004307- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4308
4309 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4310 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4311 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4312
4313 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4314
4315 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4316
4317 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4318
4319 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4320 environment in.
4321
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004322 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4323
4324 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4325 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4326 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4327
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004328 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4329 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4330
4331 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4332 when storing the env in UBI.
4333
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004334- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4335 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4336
4337 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4338
4339 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4340
4341 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4342
4343 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4344 be as following:
4345
4346 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4347 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4348 partition table.
4349 - "D:0": device D.
4350 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4351 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4352 table.
4353 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
4354 If none, first valid paratition in device D. If no
4355 partition table then means device D.
4356
4357 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4358
4359 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
4360 envrionment.
4361
4362 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
4363 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the envrionment file.
4364
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004365- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4366
4367 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4368 environment.
4369
4370 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4371
4372 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4373
4374 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4375
4376 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4377 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4378 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4379
4380 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4381 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4382
4383 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4384 area within the specified MMC device.
4385
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004386 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4387 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4388 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4389 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4390 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4391 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4392 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4393
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004394 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4395 MMC sector boundary.
4396
4397 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4398
4399 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4400 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4401 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4402 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4403
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004404 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4405 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4406
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004407 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4408 an MMC sector boundary.
4409
4410 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4411
4412 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4413 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4414 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4415
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004416- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
4418 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4419 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4420 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4421 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4422 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4423 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4424 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4425
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004426Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004427has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004428created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429until then to read environment variables.
4430
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004431The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4432is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4433with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4434necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4435"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4436have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004437
4438Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4439the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004440use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004441
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004442- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004443 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004445 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004446 also needs to be defined.
4447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004448- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004449 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004450
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004451- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4452 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4453 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4454 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4455 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4456 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4457
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004458- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4459 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4460 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4461 to do this.
4462
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004463- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4464 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4465 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4466 present.
4467
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004468- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4469 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4470 build system checks that the actual size does not
4471 exceed it.
4472
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004473Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004474---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004476- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004477 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4478
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004479- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004480 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004481
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004482 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4483 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4484 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004485
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004486- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4487 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4488 PowerPC SOCs.
4489
4490- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4491 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4492 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4493
4494 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4495 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4496
4497- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4498 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4499 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004500 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004501 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4502 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4503 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4504
4505 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4506 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4507
4508- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004509 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4510 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004511 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4512 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4513
4514- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4515 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4516 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4517 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4518
4519- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4520 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4521 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4522
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004523- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004524 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004525
4526 the default drive number (default value 0)
4527
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004528 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004529
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004530 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004531 (default value 1)
4532
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004533 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004534
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004535 defines the offset of register from address. It
4536 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004537 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004538
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004539 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4540 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004541 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004542
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004543 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004544 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4545 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4546 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4547 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004548
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004549- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4550 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4551 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4552 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4553 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4554 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4555 is requierd.
4556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004557- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004558 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004559 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004561- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004562
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004563 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004564 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4565 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4566 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4567 will become available only after programming the
4568 memory controller and running certain initialization
4569 sequences.
4570
4571 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4572 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4573 - MPC824X: data cache
4574 - PPC4xx: data cache
4575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004576- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004577
4578 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004579 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4580 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004581 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004582 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004583 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4584 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4585 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
4587 Note:
4588 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4589 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004590 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004591 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4592 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4593
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004594- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004595
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004596- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004597
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004598- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004599
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004600- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004601
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004602- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004604- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004606- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607 SDRAM timing
4608
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004609- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610 periodic timer for refresh
4611
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004612- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004614- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4615 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4616 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4617 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4619
4620- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004621 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4622 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004623 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4624
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004625- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4626 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4628 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4629
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004630- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4632 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004634- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004635 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4636 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004638- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004639 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4640 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004642- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4644 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4645 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4646
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004647- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004648 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4649 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4650 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4651 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004653- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4654 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4655 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4656 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4657 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4658 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4659 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4660 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004661 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004662
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004663- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4664 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4665 required.
4666
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004667- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4668 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4669 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4670 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4671 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4672 by coreboot or similar.
4673
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004674- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4675 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4676
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004677- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4678 Chip has SRIO or not
4679
4680- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4681 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4682
4683- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4684 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4685
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004686- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4687 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4688
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004689- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4690 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4691
4692- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4693 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4694
4695- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4696 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4697
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004698- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4699 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4700 a 16 bit bus.
4701 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004702 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004703 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004704 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004705
4706- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4707 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4708 a default value will be used.
4709
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004710- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004711 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4712 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4713
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004714 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4715 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4716
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004717- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004718 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4719 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4720 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004721
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004722- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4723 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4724 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4725 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4726 header files or board specific files.
4727
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004728- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4729 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4730
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004731- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004732 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4733 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004734
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004735- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4736 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4737
4738- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4739 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004740 to the given FEC; i. e.
4741 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004742 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4743
4744 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4745
4746- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4747 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4748 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4749
4750- CONFIG_RMII
4751 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4752 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4753 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4754
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004755- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4756 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4757 The syntax is:
4758
4759 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4760
4761 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4762 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4763 area should have.
4764
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004765- CONFIG_LOOPW
4766 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004767 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004768
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004769- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4770 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4771 "md/mw" commands.
4772 Examples:
4773
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004774 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004775 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4776
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004777 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004778 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4779
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004780 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004781 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004782
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004783- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004784 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004785 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4786 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4787 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004788
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004789 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4790 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4791 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4792 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004793
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004794- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004795 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4796 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4797 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004798
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004799- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4800 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4801 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4802 It is loaded by the SPL.
4803
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004804- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4805 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4806 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4807 previous 4k of the .text section.
4808
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004809- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4810 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4811 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4812 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4813 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4814 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4815 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4816 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4817
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004818- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4819 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4820 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4821 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4822 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4823
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004824- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4825 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4826 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004827
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004828- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4829 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4830
4831 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004832
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004833- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4834 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4835
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004836- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4837 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4838 driver that uses this:
4839 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4840
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004841Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4842-----------------------------------
4843
4844The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4845loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4846This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4847are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4848within that device.
4849
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004850- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4851 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4852 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4853 is also specified.
4854
4855- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4856 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004857 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4858 is also specified.
4859
4860- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4861 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4862 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4863 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4864 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4865
4866- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4867 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4868 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4869 virtual address in NOR flash.
4870
4871- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4872 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4873 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4874
4875- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4876 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4877 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4878
4879- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4880 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4881 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4882
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004883- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4884 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4885 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004886 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4887 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4888 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004889
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004890Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4891---------------------------------------------------------
4892The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4893"firmware".
4894This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4895are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4896within that device.
4897
4898- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4899 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4900
4901- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
4902 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4903 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
4904 is also specified.
4905
4906- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
4907 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4908 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4909 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4910 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4911
4912- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
4913 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4914 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
4915 virtual address in NOR flash.
4916
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004917Building the Software:
4918======================
4919
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004920Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4921and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4922all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4923(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4924recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4925which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004926
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004927If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4928have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4929you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4930Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4931necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004933 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4934 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004935
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004936Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4937 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4938 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4939 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4940
4941 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4942
4943 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4944 be executed on computers running Windows.
4945
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004946U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4947sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004948is done by typing:
4949
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004950 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004951
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004952where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004953rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4956 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4957 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4958 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004959 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004961 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004962 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004964 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004965 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004967 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004968
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004970Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4971images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4974- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4975- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004977By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4978in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4979this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4980
49811. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4982
4983 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004984 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004985 make O=/tmp/build all
4986
49872. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4988
4989 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4990 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004991 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004992 make all
4993
4994Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4995variable.
4996
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004998Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4999for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5000native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005003If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5004to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5005steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050071. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005008 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5009 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050102. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5011 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5012 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
50133. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5014 your board
50153. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5016 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020050174. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050185. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5019 to be installed on your target system.
50206. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5021 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005022
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005024Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5025==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005027If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5028or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5030the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005031official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005032
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005033But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5034cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5036just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005037for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5038select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5039environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5040you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005043
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005044or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005048When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5049U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5050setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5051built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5052<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5053location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5054variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005055
5056 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5057 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5058 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5059
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005060With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5061log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5062during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005063
5064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068Monitor Commands - Overview:
5069============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005071go - start application at address 'addr'
5072run - run commands in an environment variable
5073bootm - boot application image from memory
5074bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005075bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5077 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5078 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005079tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005080rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5081diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5082loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5083loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5084md - memory display
5085mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5086nm - memory modify (constant address)
5087mw - memory write (fill)
5088cp - memory copy
5089cmp - memory compare
5090crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005091i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092sspi - SPI utility commands
5093base - print or set address offset
5094printenv- print environment variables
5095setenv - set environment variables
5096saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5097protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5098erase - erase FLASH memory
5099flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005100nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005101bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5102iminfo - print header information for application image
5103coninfo - print console devices and informations
5104ide - IDE sub-system
5105loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005106loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107mtest - simple RAM test
5108icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5109dcache - enable or disable data cache
5110reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5111echo - echo args to console
5112version - print monitor version
5113help - print online help
5114? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5118========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005120TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
5124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125Environment Variables:
5126======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005128U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5129can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5132"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5133without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5134environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5135working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5136environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005138Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5139
5140List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005144 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005152 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5153 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5154 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5155 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5156 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5157 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005158 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5159 bootm_mapsize.
5160
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005161 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005162 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5163 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5164 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5165 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5166 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5167 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005168
5169 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5170 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5171 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5172 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5173 environment variable.
5174
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005175 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5176 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5177 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005179 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5180 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5181 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5182 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5185 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5186 be automatically started (by internally calling
5187 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5190 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5191 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5192 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5193 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005194
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005195 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5196 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005197 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5198 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5199 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5200 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5201 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5202 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5203 access it during the boot procedure.
5204
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005205 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5206 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5207 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5208 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5209 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5210 must be accessible by the kernel.
5211
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005212 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5213 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5214 defined.
5215
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005216 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5217 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5218 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5219 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5220 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005222 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5223 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5224 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5225 is usually what you want since it allows for
5226 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5227 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005228 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5230 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5231 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5232 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5235 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5236 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5237 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5238 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5239 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005243 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5244 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5245 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5246 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5247 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5248 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5249 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005251 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5254 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005256 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005265
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005266 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005268 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5269 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005271 => setenv ethact FEC
5272 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5273 => setenv ethact SCC
5274 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005276 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5277 available network interfaces.
5278 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5279
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005280 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5282 When set to "once" the network operation will
5283 fail when all the available network interfaces
5284 are tried once without success.
5285 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5286 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005288 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005289
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005290 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
5291 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5292 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5293 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5294 is silent.
5295
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005296 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005297 UDP source port.
5298
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005299 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5300 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5301
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005302 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5303 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5304
5305 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5306 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5307 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5308 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5309 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5310 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5311 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5312
5313 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005314 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005316
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005317The following image location variables contain the location of images
5318used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5319not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5320variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5321server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5322loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5323flash or offset in NAND flash.
5324
5325*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5326boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5327boards use these variables for other purposes.
5328
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005329Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5330----- --------- ----------- --------------
5331u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5332Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5333device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5334ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5337updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5338depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340 bootfile - see above
5341 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5342 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5343 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5344 hostname - Target hostname
5345 ipaddr - see above
5346 netmask - Subnet Mask
5347 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5348 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005349
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005351There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005353 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5354 as type string and/or serial number
5355 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005356
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005357These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5358the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5359once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005360
5361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005364 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5365 with the "version" command. This variable is
5366 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005367
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5370only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005371
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005372
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005373Callback functions for environment variables:
5374---------------------------------------------
5375
5376For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5377when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5378be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5379deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5380effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5381
5382The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5383U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5384
5385These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5386static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5387in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5388associations. The list must be in the following format:
5389
5390 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5391 list = entry[,list]
5392
5393If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5394Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5395
5396Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5397with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5398override any association in the static list. You can define
5399CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5400".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5401
5402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403Command Line Parsing:
5404=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5407the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409Old, simple command line parser:
5410--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5413- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005414- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5416 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005417 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005418- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5419 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421Hush shell:
5422-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5425 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5426 until...do...done, ...
5427- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5428 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5429 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5430 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005432General rules:
5433--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005435(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5436 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5437 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5438 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005440(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005441 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5443 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005445Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5446=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005447
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005448Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005449such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5450"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005452Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5453MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5454"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5457in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5458ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5459variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005461o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5462 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005464o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5465 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5466 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005468o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5469 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005470
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005471o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5472 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5473 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005475o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5476 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005477
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005478If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005479will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005480may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5481The naming convention is as follows:
5482"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484Image Formats:
5485==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005486
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005487U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5488images in two formats:
5489
5490New uImage format (FIT)
5491-----------------------
5492
5493Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5494to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5495components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5496SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5497
5498
5499Old uImage format
5500-----------------
5501
5502Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5503preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5504details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005506* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5507 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005508 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5509 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5510 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005511* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005512 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5513 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005514* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5515* Load Address
5516* Entry Point
5517* Image Name
5518* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005520The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5521and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5522CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005523
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005524
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525Linux Support:
5526==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005527
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005528Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5529easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5530U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5533special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5534"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5535instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5536serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005538- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5539 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5540 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005542- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5543 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005545- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5546 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5547 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5548 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5549 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5550 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005551
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005553Linux HOWTO:
5554============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005556Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5557---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005558
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005559U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5560configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5561(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5562Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005563
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005564But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5567include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005568Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5569and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005570as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005571
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005572Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5573If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5574is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5575doc/driver-model.
5576
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578Configuring the Linux kernel:
5579-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005581No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5582device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005583
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585Building a Linux Image:
5586-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005588With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5589not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5590"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5591U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5592which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5593100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005595Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005596
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005597 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598 make oldconfig
5599 make dep
5600 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005602The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5603encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5604CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005606* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5611 -R .note -R .comment \
5612 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005614* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005616 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005618* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5621 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5622 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005623
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5626with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5627combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5628byte header containing information about target architecture,
5629operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5630stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005632"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5633print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005635In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5636contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5637checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005639 tools/mkimage -l image
5640 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5643from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5646 -n name -d data_file image
5647 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5648 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5649 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5650 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5651 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5652 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5653 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5654 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005655
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005656Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5657address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5658kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005660- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5661- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005663So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005665 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5666 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005667 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005668 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5669 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5670 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5671 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5672 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5673 Load Address: 0x00000000
5674 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5679 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5680 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5681 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5682 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5683 Load Address: 0x00000000
5684 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005686NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5687speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5688needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5689need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005690
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005691 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5693 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005694 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005695 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5696 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5697 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5698 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5699 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5700 Load Address: 0x00000000
5701 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005702
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5705when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005707 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5708 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5709 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5710 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5711 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5712 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5713 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5714 Load Address: 0x00000000
5715 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005716
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005717The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5718option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5719option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5720from the image:
5721
5722 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5723 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5724 indexed by 'position'
5725
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727Installing a Linux Image:
5728-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005730To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5731you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005733 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5736image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5737address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5738specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5739command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5742TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746 .......... done
5747 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749 => loads 40100000
5750 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5751 ~>examples/image.srec
5752 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5753 ...
5754 15989 15990 15991 15992
5755 [file transfer complete]
5756 [connected]
5757 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
5759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005760You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005761this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005764 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5767 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5768 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5769 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5770 Load Address: 00000000
5771 Entry Point: 0000000c
5772 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
5774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005775Boot Linux:
5776-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005778The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5779memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5780of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5781parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5782"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
5784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005785 => printenv bootargs
5786 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790 => printenv bootargs
5791 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793 => bootm 40020000
5794 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5795 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5796 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5797 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5798 Load Address: 00000000
5799 Entry Point: 0000000c
5800 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5801 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5802 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5803 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5804 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5805 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5806 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5807 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005808
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005809If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005810the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5811format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005815 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5816 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5817 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5818 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5819 Load Address: 00000000
5820 Entry Point: 0000000c
5821 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005823 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5824 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5825 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5826 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5827 Load Address: 00000000
5828 Entry Point: 00000000
5829 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005831 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5832 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5833 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5834 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5835 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5836 Load Address: 00000000
5837 Entry Point: 0000000c
5838 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5839 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5840 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5841 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5842 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5843 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5844 Load Address: 00000000
5845 Entry Point: 00000000
5846 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5847 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5848 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5849 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5850 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5851 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5852 ...
5853 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5854 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005856 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005857
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005858Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5859-----------
5860
5861First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5862titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5863following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5864flat device tree:
5865
5866=> print oftaddr
5867oftaddr=0x300000
5868=> print oft
5869oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5870=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5871Speed: 1000, full duplex
5872Using TSEC0 device
5873TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5874Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5875Load address: 0x300000
5876Loading: #
5877done
5878Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5879=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5880Speed: 1000, full duplex
5881Using TSEC0 device
5882TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5883Filename 'uImage'.
5884Load address: 0x200000
5885Loading:############
5886done
5887Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5888=> print loadaddr
5889loadaddr=200000
5890=> print oftaddr
5891oftaddr=0x300000
5892=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5893## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005894 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5895 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5896 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005897 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005898 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005899 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5900 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5901Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5902Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5903Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5904[snip]
5905
5906
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005907More About U-Boot Image Types:
5908------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005910U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005912 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5913 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5914 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5915 the Standalone Program.
5916 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5917 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5918 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5919 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5920 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5921 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5922 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5923 being started.
5924 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5925 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5926 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5927 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5928 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5929 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5932 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5933 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5934 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5935 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5936 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005937
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005938 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5939 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5940 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005942 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5943 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5944 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5945 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005946
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005947Booting the Linux zImage:
5948-------------------------
5949
5950On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5951using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5952as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5953
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005954Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005955kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5956address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5957format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5958
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005960Standalone HOWTO:
5961=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005963One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5964run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5965U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005967Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005969"Hello World" Demo:
5970-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005972'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5973application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5974It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5975like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005977 => loads
5978 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5979 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5980 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5981 [file transfer complete]
5982 [connected]
5983 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005984
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005985 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5986 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5987 Hello World
5988 argc = 7
5989 argv[0] = "40004"
5990 argv[1] = "Hello"
5991 argv[2] = "World!"
5992 argv[3] = "This"
5993 argv[4] = "is"
5994 argv[5] = "a"
5995 argv[6] = "test."
5996 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5997 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005999 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006001Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6002handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6003Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6004The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6005character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6006controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006008 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6009 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6010 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6011 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006012
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006013 => loads
6014 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6015 ~>examples/timer.srec
6016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6017 [file transfer complete]
6018 [connected]
6019 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006021 => go 40004
6022 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6023 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6024 Using timer 1
6025 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006027Hit 'b':
6028 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6029 Enabling timer
6030Hit '?':
6031 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6032 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6033Hit '?':
6034 [q, b, e, ?] .
6035 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6036Hit '?':
6037 [q, b, e, ?] .
6038 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6039Hit '?':
6040 [q, b, e, ?] .
6041 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6042Hit 'e':
6043 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6044Hit 'q':
6045 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006046
6047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006048Minicom warning:
6049================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006051Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6052"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6053consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6054Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6055especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006056use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6057http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6058for help with kermit.
6059
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006061Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6062configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006064 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6065 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6066 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006067
6068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006069NetBSD Notes:
6070=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006072Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6073(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006075Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6076NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6077need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6078Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6079attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6080missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006082 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6083 # mkdir powerpc
6084 # ln -s powerpc machine
6085 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6086 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006087
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006088Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6089and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006091Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6092stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6093proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6094tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006095meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006096
6097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006098Implementation Internals:
6099=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006100
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006101The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6102implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6103inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6104hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006105
6106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006107Initial Stack, Global Data:
6108---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006109
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006110The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6111starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6112system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6113This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6114is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6115at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6116options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6117models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6118MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6119locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006120
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006121 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006122 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006124 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6125 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6126 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6127 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006129 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6130 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6131 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6132 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6133 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006134 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006135 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6136 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006138 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6139 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006140 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006141 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6142 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6143 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6144 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006145
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006146 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006147 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6148 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006149 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006150 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6151 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6152 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6153 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6154 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006156 -Chris Hallinan
6157 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006159It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6160code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006162* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6163 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006164
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006165* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006166 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6167 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006169* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6170 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006172Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
6173normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
6174turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6175simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6176functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6177functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6178the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6179place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6180reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006182When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6183relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6184GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006186For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6187 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006188 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006189 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6190 R5-R10: parameter passing
6191 R13: small data area pointer
6192 R30: GOT pointer
6193 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006194
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006195 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6196 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6197 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006198
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006199 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006201 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6202 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6203 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6204 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6205 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6206 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006207
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006208On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006209 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6210
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006211 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006213On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006215 R0: function argument word/integer result
6216 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006217 R9: platform specific
6218 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006219 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6220 R12: temporary workspace
6221 R13: stack pointer
6222 R14: link register
6223 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006224
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006225 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6226
6227 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006228
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006229On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6230 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6231
6232 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6233
6234 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6235 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6236
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006237On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6238
6239 R0-R1: argument/return
6240 R2-R5: argument
6241 R15: temporary register for assembler
6242 R16: trampoline register
6243 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6244 R29: global pointer (GP)
6245 R30: link register (LP)
6246 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6247 PC: program counter (PC)
6248
6249 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6250
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006251NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6252or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006254Memory Management:
6255------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006257U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6258MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006260The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6261controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6262memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6263physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006265U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6266TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6267booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6268to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006269memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006270configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6271Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006273Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6274of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006276So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6277this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006279 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6280 :
6281 0x0000 1FFF
6282 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6283 :
6284 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006286 :
6287 :
6288 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6289 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6290 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6291 :
6292 0x00FD FFFF
6293 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6294 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6295 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6296 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006297
6298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006299System Initialization:
6300----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006302In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006303(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006304configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
6305To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6306To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6307initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6308which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6309part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6310the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006312Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6313preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6314(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6315on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6316programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6317simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6318banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006320When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6321different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6322bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
63230x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6324contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006326Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6327and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6328Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6329pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006331Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6332until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6333running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6334new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006335
6336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006337U-Boot Porting Guide:
6338----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006340[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6341list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006342
6343
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006344int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006345{
6346 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006347
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006348 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6349 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006351 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006352 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006353 return 0;
6354 }
6355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006356 Download latest U-Boot source;
6357
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006358 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006359
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006360 if (clueless)
6361 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006363 while (learning) {
6364 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006365 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6366 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006367 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006368 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006369 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006370
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006371 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6372 Buy a BDI3000;
6373 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006374 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006375
6376 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6377 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6378 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6379 } else {
6380 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6381 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006382 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006383 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6384 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006385
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006386 while (!accepted) {
6387 while (!running) {
6388 do {
6389 Add / modify source code;
6390 } until (compiles);
6391 Debug;
6392 if (clueless)
6393 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6394 }
6395 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6396 if (reasonable critiques)
6397 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6398 else
6399 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006400 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006402 return 0;
6403}
6404
6405void no_more_time (int sig)
6406{
6407 hire_a_guru();
6408}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006409
6410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006411Coding Standards:
6412-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006414All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006415coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006416"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006417
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006418Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6419MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6420reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6421sources.
6422
6423Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6424Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6425in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006426
6427Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6428- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006429- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006430- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006431- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006432- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6433
6434Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6435with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006436
6437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006438Submitting Patches:
6439-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006441Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6442establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6443may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006444
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006445Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006446
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006447Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6448see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006450When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6451it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006453* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6454 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6455 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006456
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006457* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6458 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006460* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6461
6462* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6463
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006464* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6465 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006466
6467* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6468 document these in the README file.
6469
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006470* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6471 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006472 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006473 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6474 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006475
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006476 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6477 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6478 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006479
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006480 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6481 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6482 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6483 affected files).
6484
6485 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6486 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006487
6488* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6489 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6490
6491* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6492 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6493
6494
6495Notes:
6496
6497* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6498 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6499 for any of the boards.
6500
6501* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6502 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6503 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6504
6505* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6506 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6507 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6508 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6509 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6510 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006511
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006512* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6513 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6514 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6515 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.